2386 lines
857 KiB
Plaintext
2386 lines
857 KiB
Plaintext
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||
JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br> * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br> * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br> * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br> * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br> * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)<br> * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br> * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrase “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved. The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church (Galatians 2:9).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13–14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” (John 3:3, 7). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br> * “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br> * “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br> * The story of the adulterous woman (7:53-8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 In the beginning This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
|
||
JHN 1 1 z59q figs-explicit ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος 1 the Word Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 2 u6xx writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 2 k8cf ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
|
||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 3 t1lj writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 1 3 v4yk figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 dv2f writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 ffbw figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ζωὴ 1 Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 dpeb figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 saci figs-possession τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 1 4 jzwk figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 5 dgin figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…φαίνει 1 Here, **the light shines** is a metaphor. John speaks figuratively of God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 5 w9ni αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
|
||
JHN 1 5 yv8l writing-pronouns αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 6 qa1s figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **having been sent**. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 6 gih6 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 7 mtlb writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 7 cdl5 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
|
||
JHN 1 7 m4fo writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to John the Baptist. It does not refer to Jesus or the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through John the Baptist” or “through John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 8 pn9t writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 8 kbwh figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ 1 The true light Here, **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 9 rbsj figs-metaphor ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 9 u00s figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 c2ne writing-pronouns ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν 1 **He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 io8w figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 krcb figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 b93e grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 2 the world did not know him Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 10 t1qv οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
|
||
JHN 1 11 jr6d writing-pronouns εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him **He**, **his**, and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to his own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 11 jvgs figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι 1 Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 11 h13y grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 receive him Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
|
||
JHN 1 12 pvtl figs-infostructure ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 1 12 ijje ἔλαβον αὐτόν 1 Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
|
||
JHN 1 12 w20o writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** and all singular third person pronouns in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 no4j writing-pronouns οἳ 1 **These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 ygxb figs-metaphor ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 k24g figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 it6r ἐξ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
|
||
JHN 1 13 jtjr figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 oj53 ἐκ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
|
||
JHN 1 13 kqdf figs-metonymy ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 Here, John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 jjyp figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 v4t0 ἐκ 2 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
|
||
JHN 1 13 pbur ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
|
||
JHN 1 13 bljo figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 13 yo2q ἐκ 3 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
|
||
JHN 1 14 ft2l figs-explicit ὁ λόγος 1 The Word Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 fais figs-exclusive ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 jo83 writing-pronouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ glory” or “the Word’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 z37d figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 x8l3 figs-explicit μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς 1 the one and only who came from the Father Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
|
||
JHN 1 14 zirk παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
|
||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 tg4m figs-metaphor πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 full of grace Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 14 c3b4 figs-abstractnouns πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 15 xduu Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him”
|
||
JHN 1 15 ql6u writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 15 qxgz writing-quotations καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 15 yfuv figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
|
||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
|
||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
|
||
JHN 1 16 punh grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 1 16 iriv writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 16 p3zg figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ 1 fullness Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 16 vmyz figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς πάντες 1 Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 1 16 yrg8 ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν 1 Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
|
||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 16 avst χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
|
||
JHN 1 17 iata grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο 1 John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. But grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
JHN 1 17 xsbj figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 17 kup2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 17 wios translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 **Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
|
||
JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
|
||
JHN 1 18 rflq figs-idiom ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation: “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 18 kmqm writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 18 zc8g writing-pronouns ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 18 pmw5 ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
|
||
JHN 1 19 t5pf figs-explicit τοῦ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
|
||
JHN 1 21 f926 writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? 1 What are you then? Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
|
||
JHN 1 21 vk6r translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 21 h2dv καὶ λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
|
||
JHN 1 21 nhx9 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 22 t8ib writing-pronouns εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 22 wbd9 figs-ellipsis τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 1 22 fmc8 ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν 1 Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
|
||
JHN 1 22 sa3t figs-explicit τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς 1 they said to him This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 a732 writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 He said **He** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 x314 figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 p7kc figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 23 v1gi translate-names Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 24 uq5b figs-explicit ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 24 guqm figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 24 f4xj figs-explicit ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 25 s00c writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 25 v5sn translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 25 u7is figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 26 la26 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 26 aupp writing-quotations ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 u0iq writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 civp translate-names Βηθανίᾳ 1 **Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 tfxy translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 **Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 f5he translate-names πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 28 ryi1 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 bt67 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 aqo3 βλέπει…λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw … said”
|
||
JHN 1 29 fpj6 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 gi3s figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 cgxj figs-metaphor ὁ αἴρων 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
|
||
JHN 1 31 himw writing-pronouns κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 31 hb8e figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 31 dr02 figs-doublet ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 1 31 c6q5 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα φανερωθῇ 1 Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 1 31 s9dj figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 1 31 jr9r writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 32 mcc7 writing-quotations ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 descending Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 1 32 uji2 writing-pronouns ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 heaven Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 33 y1bb figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 33 ccys figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 33 x8lb figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 34 wzc9 writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 35 i3lg grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 1 36 kuol λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 1 36 ntaw figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 36 t2yx figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 37 v5be writing-pronouns ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 38 a8bg writing-pronouns θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to the two disciples John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 38 hlee figs-ellipsis θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 38 qxej λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to them”
|
||
JHN 1 38 kkey ποῦ μένεις 1 Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
|
||
JHN 1 38 so66 figs-explicit ποῦ μένεις 1 This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 39 lio4 λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying”
|
||
JHN 1 39 k5m2 μένει 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 1 39 ydqg figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην 1 Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
|
||
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 1 40 f6b9 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 40 q0bp translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 40 jmyp Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
|
||
JHN 1 41 xpi4 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 41 vfsj εὑρίσκει…λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found … said”
|
||
JHN 1 41 roca translate-names Σίμωνα 1 These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 41 rxox figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 41 ek1a figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 xwc7 writing-pronouns ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν 1 **He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 f5wo writing-quotations ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 k2dx translate-names υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John **John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 rstd figs-activepassive σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 pv4e figs-explicit Κηφᾶς 1 **Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 t3n5 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 1 42 esly figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 43 cmi8 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 1 43 bhl6 translate-names τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 43 qzfk καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he found Philip and said”
|
||
JHN 1 43 uvby translate-names Φίλιππον 1 **Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 43 ejkg figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 1 45 m8j1 translate-names Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 45 faz3 εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip found Nathaniel and said”
|
||
JHN 1 45 ci52 figs-ellipsis οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 45 r31z translate-names Ναζαρέτ 1 **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 1 46 s2kg writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? Here, Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 1 46 shpn λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Φίλιππος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Philip said to him”
|
||
JHN 1 47 e1ke καὶ λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he said”
|
||
JHN 1 47 ka53 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 1 48 am5y λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to him”
|
||
JHN 1 48 d1on figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε 1 Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in some way. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 48 a0ym figs-explicit ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν 1 The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 1 50 d53b grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 Because I said to you … do you believe? John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 1 50 fhzr figs-ellipsis πιστεύεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 1 50 oubk writing-pronouns μείζω τούτων 1 Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in verse [48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 byxy καὶ λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said”
|
||
JHN 1 51 ga44 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 yuye figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 s28k figs-explicit ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας 1 Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 ahj4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 1 51 z4a7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God. As the Son of God, he had supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
|
||
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 2 1 vw9e writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 2 1 po3t translate-names Κανὰ 1 **Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 2 3 kt44 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 2 3 spbw figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
JHN 2 3 mge0 οἶνον 1 Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
|
||
JHN 2 4 xo8k λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to her”
|
||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman **Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι? 1 why do you come to me? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 2 5 d5wy λέγει ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “His mother said”
|
||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||
JHN 2 7 hv80 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them”
|
||
JHN 2 7 byc0 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top”
|
||
JHN 2 8 xbw3 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 2 8 y52q writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
|
||
JHN 2 9 t0zb ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος 1 See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 2 9 xfwq φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the head waiter called the bridegroom”
|
||
JHN 2 10 qoch figs-hyperbole πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 **Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 2 10 vu60 figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 2 10 mh3s figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 drunk This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-background 0 In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 ear7 figs-explicit ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων 1 John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana **Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 2 11 z3tk figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 12 gw2f writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 2 12 mmkj writing-pronouns μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 12 ay2r writing-pronouns αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
|
||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 translate-names Καφαρναοὺμ 1 his brothers **Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
|
||
JHN 2 14 sa75 figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 14 qu9k figs-explicit κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 14 i8lv figs-explicit καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 15 x6et grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 So Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 2 15 nn6y writing-pronouns πάντας 1 Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 16 h6qy figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 the house of my Father Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 q91v figs-explicit γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly and designate which Old Testament author wrote this. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 pvct figs-yousingular τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 ua3v figs-explicit τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 2 18 r5rw writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-imperative λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
JHN 2 19 of4u figs-extrainfo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 2 20 qb4x figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 2 21 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 2 21 b440 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 22 oznm grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 2 22 jejg figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 2 22 nxug ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
|
||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 figs-explicit τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 this statement Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 2 22 gq2w figs-genericnoun τῇ Γραφῇ 1 believed Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 writing-newevent ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 st3f writing-pronouns ὡς δὲ ἦν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
|
||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 ipd6 grammar-connect-logic-result θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα 1 Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα 1 the signs that he did See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 2 24 cm49 οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς 1 Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
|
||
JHN 2 24 f2n7 figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 2 25 lxro figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 1 yl6f writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, 1 Now Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 3 1 fz6f figs-explicit ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 2 sxo1 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 2 n84a writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 2 skq8 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 3 2 hxcr figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **with him** is used figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 3 nz18 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 3 3 svpx figs-extrainfo γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
|
||
JHN 3 3 i0ew figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 4 z64b λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 a second time To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
|
||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 5 il52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 5 e1dj figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 6 gswx figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 6 rru5 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 6 v3g8 figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 6 lfg1 figs-explicit πνεῦμά 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 7 t2sl figs-extrainfo γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-metaphor τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 8 mxjc οὕτως ἐστὶν 1 This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
|
||
JHN 3 8 k9ay ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||
JHN 3 8 wh4z figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι? 1 How can these things be? This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 9 phe2 writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 figs-you σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 ljiy figs-explicit ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 10 vx3u writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 11 jt1f figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν 1 we speak When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 figs-you οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 mf2x figs-explicit τὰ ἐπίγεια 1 Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? Here, Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 3 12 dfqi figs-explicit τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 13 ld0m figs-123person ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 13 ocj0 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 f9yi figs-activepassive ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the wilderness If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 savl figs-123person ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 14 krir figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 15 e9ls grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 vg6z grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 h4ht οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
|
||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 jen2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 loved Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 fqk7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 z8at figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 qpc9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 16 xryx writing-pronouns εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 k8rf grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 haut guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 mjjg figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 amqn figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 f5o9 writing-pronouns ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 zv1i ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
|
||
JHN 3 17 ynyh figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος 2 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 kuow figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 17 exd0 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
|
||
JHN 3 18 zl5p οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
|
||
JHN 3 18 x14j writing-pronouns εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 18 tmz7 figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not condemn the one who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 18 t21p figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 18 ps4n figs-metonymy μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **name** stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 18 q8ku τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
|
||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 ἡ κρίσις 1 Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
|
||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 The light has come into the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 gh4i figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 fvvg figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 20 velv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 3 20 bus8 πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
|
||
JHN 3 20 cg3i figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 20 s49o figs-123person τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 q77t ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
|
||
JHN 3 21 kpb9 figs-abstractnouns ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 ud15 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 k8wr figs-123person ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 plainly seen that his deeds If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 21 de2j ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα 1 This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
|
||
JHN 3 22 uy4j grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After this conversation with Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 m4yg figs-explicit ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 24 v13x figs-activepassive οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. You can also say who did the action, which is indicated to be Herod in Mark 6:17. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου 1 a dispute If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 25 qzq7 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 26 uuvj writing-pronouns ἦλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 26 cxy7 figs-explicit ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 26 jr28 figs-metaphor ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 26 j8di figs-hyperbole πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 3 27 kl21 figs-genericnoun οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος 1 A man cannot receive anything unless John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 3 27 f818 figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves **You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 p92u figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 28 vguf writing-pronouns ἐκείνου 1 Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here, the words **bride** and **bridegroom** are used figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 nd5o figs-123person ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου 1 John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 nfvx figs-doublet χαρᾷ χαίρει 1 These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 figs-123person αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 30 kn9s writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 30 u5e0 figs-metaphor αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι 1 Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 wu2j figs-doublet ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 qd7t figs-explicit ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 ksp5 figs-metonymy ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 on9v figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-123person ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 p05h figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 ar7r figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 31 yj2t figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 2 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 32 c5yt writing-pronouns ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard **He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 32 umek figs-explicit ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν 1 This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 3 33 k36d figs-genericnoun ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 3 33 ygba writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 translate-unknown ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 3 34 rr83 figs-explicit ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 34 p9wt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 3 34 bnx8 writing-pronouns οὐ…δίδωσιν 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 3 34 hmky figs-ellipsis οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 3 34 cdia figs-litotes οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 u1ks figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 ob32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 hpte figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀπειθῶν 2 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 joql ὁ…ἀπειθῶν 2 The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
|
||
JHN 3 36 ni86 figs-metaphor οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 pzf5 figs-explicit οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 3 36 zy7u figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)<br>2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)<br>3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)<br>4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)<br>5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)<br>6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)<br>7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)<br><br>[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])<br><br>### “an hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim in their land ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “in spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
|
||
JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
|
||
JHN 4 1 b1vc figs-infostructure ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 4 1 h6ek writing-newevent ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew **Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 2 qz7h figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 4 3 op81 writing-pronouns ἀφῆκεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 3 dm2t translate-names τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 4 4 tds9 translate-names τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 4 5 ukxr grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 4 5 ff7t ἔρχεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came”
|
||
JHN 4 5 vqjm translate-names Συχὰρ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 4 6 bd8s figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 6 vwdf grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 4 6 lovl grammar-connect-logic-result κεκοπιακὼς 1 This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 6 mwi2 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας 1 This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 6 yjzo ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
|
||
JHN 4 7 kswz ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came … said”
|
||
JHN 4 7 g82d figs-imperative δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
JHN 4 7 urgd figs-ellipsis δός μοι πεῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 4 8 u29c grammar-connect-logic-result οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 9 dpoh λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 9 l2qh writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης? 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink? John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
|
||
JHN 4 10 redz grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 4 10 i9eg τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
|
||
JHN 4 10 ed4r figs-possession τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that comes from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 4 10 oywu figs-123person τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 4 10 ua0b figs-quotesinquotes ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν, 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-extrainfo ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 4 11 pf7q λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 11 mw2b κύριε 1 The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 4 11 nwln τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ? 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle? The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 12 sj7n figs-ellipsis ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
|
||
JHN 4 14 udxp figs-exmetaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει…τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 15 vzoy λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water Here, **draw** refers to scooping water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
|
||
JHN 4 16 ii7c λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said”
|
||
JHN 4 17 h5pt λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 17 bg94 figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 figs-explicit τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true **This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 19 tzs3 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 19 c2qi writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 4 19 za2w figs-metaphor θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 20 hp3m figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Our fathers Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 20 keg4 figs-you ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 4 20 m27n figs-explicit ὁ τόπος 1 Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 21 klz9 λέγει 1 Believe me To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 21 tisq γύναι 1 Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||
JHN 4 21 eccs figs-explicit ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 4 21 nu5m figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 you will worship the Father Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 22 guu4 figs-you ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know **You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 4 22 c54u figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν 1 **We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 4 22 i2df figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 22 yj1y figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία 1 salvation is from the Jews If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **salvation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 23 bs1p figs-explicit ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
|
||
JHN 4 23 utt7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 24 pfdv ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 4 25 ip1u λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 25 lp44 figs-explicit ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah … Christ **Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 25 ek2f writing-pronouns ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 25 izgt figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 4 26 lvgs λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 26 rbgo figs-123person ὁ λαλῶν σοι 1 Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 At that moment his disciples returned Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
|
||
JHN 4 27 p39j figs-explicit καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 τί ζητεῖς? 1 no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?” This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
|
||
JHN 4 28 f13n λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 28 iu9d figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
|
||
JHN 4 30 d4fu writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθον 1 the disciples were urging him **They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 30 zd7g writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
|
||
JHN 4 31 z7wy figs-imperative Ῥαββεί, φάγε 1 Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 4 33 w451 μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν? 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
|
||
JHN 4 34 bnke λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here, Jesus uses **food** as a metaphor that represents obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 34 l64q figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 y5d7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 coiv figs-idiom ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν 1 This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 35 oq29 figs-metaphor λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 36 rd63 figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 36 qtf8 figs-exmetaphor μισθὸν, λαμβάνει 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-exmetaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 36 nuku figs-exmetaphor ὁ σπείρων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 37 w4xn figs-explicit ἐν…τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-exmetaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων 1 One sows, and another harvests Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 37 eqwf figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 cpob figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς 1 In this verse, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 tu2y figs-exmetaphor ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 lq36 figs-explicit ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε 1 This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 fbcv figs-explicit ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν 1 **Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
|
||
JHN 4 39 nbcd figs-explicit ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης 1 Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 4 40 w3ck writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν 1 In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 42 u7ev writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 42 ciyt figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν 1 **We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 4 42 fpdj writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 4 43 u2e7 writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 43 gj2f figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 44 ic94 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
|
||
JHN 4 44 syl9 ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι 1 This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
|
||
JHN 4 45 inup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτε οὖν 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 45 ews8 ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
|
||
JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 4 46 hg54 writing-pronouns ἦλθεν 1 In this verse **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 46 w3dy translate-names τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ 1 **Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 4 46 bp3w writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 4 47 brcf writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 47 p2nv translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 4 47 eqga writing-pronouns ἤμελλεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 4 48 hlts figs-you ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε 1 The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 4 48 n3ot figs-hendiadys σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||
JHN 4 49 ui6f λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 49 y3vi κύριε 1 The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 4 49 ycdt figs-imperative κατάβηθι 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||
JHN 4 50 n5mo λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 4 50 cbtv figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 4 51 a5gw writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 While In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 51 h5h4 figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 4 52 x2ta figs-quotations ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 4 52 y2e9 writing-pronouns ἔσχεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 52 qdye ὥραν ἑβδόμην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||
JHN 4 53 tlgi figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 4 53 qek2 figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 figs-rpronouns ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 1 So he himself and his whole household believed John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 sign This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
|
||
JHN 4 54 jvfs σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
|
||
JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)<br>2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)<br>3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)<br>4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background μετὰ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 1 This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After this Jesus went up to Jerusalem for a festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 1 ea65 grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after Jesus healed the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus healed the official’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
|
||
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
|
||
JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
|
||
JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 5 5 bez8 figs-explicit ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
|
||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε 1 Sir, I do not have The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
|
||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
|
||
JHN 5 8 eqe4 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Get up To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said to him”
|
||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 10 ja3x figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 5 10 qydu figs-activepassive τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
|
||
JHN 5 10 o8eq figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου 1 Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
|
||
JHN 5 11 kpkd figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 5 12 r7nx writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him **They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 12 kryx figs-quotesinquotes ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who said to you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 5 13 qtsj figs-activepassive ὁ…ἰαθεὶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 13 tijo figs-ellipsis τίς ἐστιν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 5 13 sgx1 grammar-connect-logic-result ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 5 13 qzpi grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλου 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 14 rl0k grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after the Jewish leaders had spoken with the man who had been healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After this conversation between the Jewish leaders and this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him”
|
||
JHN 5 14 qo3z writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 14 h39z figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 See John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 15 auad figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ. 1 Now The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 ef9i writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 acn0 figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 16 f69o ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
|
||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς 1 is working Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus replied to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 zrmw writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο οὖν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 t5ze figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 jwmx figs-idiom ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον 1 The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 kpkw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 18 n8bh grammar-connect-logic-result ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 f2qp grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 xu0e writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 rr9q figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 c9in figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son … Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 x9sl figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 mc1f figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 19 ymuo figs-metaphor τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα 1 Here, see is used figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 lk5n figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 x8ac figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ 1 loves Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 rtb6 writing-pronouns δείξει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 you will be amazed Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 20 y4yy writing-pronouns μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 figs-explicit ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 21 c96p figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς 1 As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 22 sc4t figs-abstractnouns τὴν κρίσιν 1 Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 22 dtxw figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ 1 As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 23 iqn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 23 p2kj figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son…The one not honoring me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 23 j7vc figs-explicit τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 w6wu figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 rsqh figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 v45a figs-metaphor ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hearing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 s38a figs-explicit τῷ πέμψαντί με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-metaphor εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it was a place a person could enter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 24 p5jx μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
|
||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 v33w figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 kosy figs-explicit ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 l2xy figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ 1 Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 croa figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 voy8 figs-explicit ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 25 k1ii figs-explicit ζήσουσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 f5vq figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 life Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 26 yv7o figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son, to have life in myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 27 pr1c writing-pronouns ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 27 xlln figs-123person ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 27 h9em figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **authority** and **judgment** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 27 g58f figs-explicit Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 28 sr8j writing-pronouns μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 28 yax7 figs-explicit ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 figs-123person ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “will hear my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 29 qnik figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 5 29 vwuo figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 5 30 bzmq figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 30 f3za figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 5 30 n8o9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **judgment** and **righteous** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 31 f9vc figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής. 1 Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 31 qu3o figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 32 nr3l figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 another Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 33 uxh5 figs-you ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 5 33 athw figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 5 33 qrdg figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 figs-genericnoun παρὰ ἀνθρώπου 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 5 34 dseu writing-pronouns ταῦτα λέγω 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 5 35 qczd writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 35 o2j5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 35 i0l5 figs-explicit πρὸς ὥραν 1 Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 36 ll75 γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
|
||
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
|
||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 37 qjg1 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 5 38 uj90 figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 39 bmc3 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, John records Jesus speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who are **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 figs-explicit οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 40 xuxj figs-explicit ζωὴν ἔχητε 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 5 41 c1rx figs-gendernotations παρὰ ἀνθρώπων 1 receive Here, **men** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 figs-possession τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 5 43 ue9f οὐ λαμβάνετέ με 1 receive Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
|
||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε? 1 John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 5 44 g7qd figs-ellipsis πιστεῦσαι 1 believe John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 5 44 rn78 δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες 1 Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
|
||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 **Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 5 46 m9sq grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 5 47 kxa6 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε? 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 1 el4l grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after Jesus fed the crowd and talked to the Jewish leaders, as described in the previous chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus fed the crowd and spoke with the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 2 ebel grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλος πολύς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 5 thts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 6 5 cxta figs-idiom ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 5 v4hi grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 5 pzhc λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 6 5 v0mp translate-names Φίλιππον 1 **Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
JHN 6 8 ih44 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** and **him** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 8 gzei translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of men who were Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 8 diq0 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 translate-unknown πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους? 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 hnaw figs-quotations εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 n9ft figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 v4h0 figs-infostructure ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι. 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**.
|
||
JHN 6 11 l6pm translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους 1 This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. These **loaves** are those five barley **loaves** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 6 11 mnw3 figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσας 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 11 ib37 figs-explicit τῶν ὀψαρίων 1 These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 12 leym figs-activepassive ἐνεπλήσθησαν 1 If your language does not use passive voice, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 12 z5o3 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 6 12 qp1n figs-quotations λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 6 13 h64z translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 6 14 d7lp figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 6 14 gmat ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
|
||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 figs-explicit ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 14 g8zb figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 15 rfbr γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
|
||
JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
|
||
JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 17 zu3v translate-names εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος 1 This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 18 z381 figs-activepassive ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 19 xx7d translate-unknown ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 6 19 diko θεωροῦσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they saw”
|
||
JHN 6 20 tjg9 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 22 v8cn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 22 ho60 figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 22 mhjh figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον 1 In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 23 hwtc figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 23 sqke figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 24 vad6 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 6 24 f7t2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 24 cql6 ἔστιν ἐκεῖ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were there”
|
||
JHN 6 24 fecq figs-explicit εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια 1 These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 24 o7vs grammar-connect-logic-goal ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 6 25 tnms figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 26 l9ws σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 6 26 yef5 figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθητε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 hmfw figs-extrainfo τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 plfi figs-ellipsis τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 w74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον 1 These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 czb3 figs-distinguish ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father ** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 bric figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-idiom τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 29 he3q figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 29 aevl figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 29 z1u9 writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 t3jt figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 gye7 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If that use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 jz9p figs-activepassive ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 heaven If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 gzqv figs-quotesinquotes ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 fjoo writing-pronouns ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 **He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 31 iiaz figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 e6s1 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 qgs7 οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
|
||
JHN 6 32 qwcf figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 xwqx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν 1 This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If it would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly and you may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-extrainfo ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 32 an7w figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 2 See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 ri0m figs-extrainfo ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 sajx figs-possession ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 sfbk figs-extrainfo ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 gives life to the world Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 34 j26s κύριε 1 The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 6 34 z9zv figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 yq25 figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 hvpi figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 lgpu figs-exmetaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 fpgo figs-doublet ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 a7my figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this use of **coming** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 35 kh35 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 37 n6bk figs-explicit πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ 1 In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 38 z84i grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Connecting Statement: **For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 uqjy figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 p8s0 writing-pronouns μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 39 npma figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 40 wnou grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 6 40 b84t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 40 cb1a figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Here, **sees** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 40 mpm2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 40 r8rr figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
|
||
JHN 6 41 e216 figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Here, the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα? 1 Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 42 z0zh figs-quotesinquotes πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 zis9 figs-explicit ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 k7ld figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν 1 draws Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
|
||
JHN 6 44 um43 figs-gendernotations αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 44 g2ia figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 wnjr figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 fken figs-activepassive ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 orme guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 45 xmzr figs-explicit ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 46 lcz8 figs-123person ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the who is from God—I have seen the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 47 de5y figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 47 t8lk figs-ellipsis ὁ πιστεύων 1 he who believes John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 49 uh76 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 49 mr3u figs-explicit ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα 1 died See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-exmetaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 This is the bread Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 y1x9 figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 gse5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἄρτος 1 See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 lfwm figs-metaphor ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ 1 Here, Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 50 v212 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die Here, the word **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 e9g3 figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 ztqs figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 px99 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 gs06 figs-metaphor φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου 1 Here and in the previous verse, John records Jesus using **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 k4bo figs-metonymy σάρξ μού 1 Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 ee9d figs-extrainfo ὁ ἄρτος 2 Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 c5z3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 figs-synecdoche οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 52 llc0 figs-metonymy τὴν σάρκα 1 Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 52 mims grammar-connect-logic-goal φαγεῖν 1 The Jews are stating the purpose for which the flesh would be given to them. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 q8jl figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-extrainfo φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 e2w9 figs-doublet φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 hkr8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man, and would drink my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 quje figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 53 j1ga figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 you will not have life in yourselves Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 etdh figs-doublet ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here,**raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 54 qia5 figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 55 tw5g figs-extrainfo σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου 1 Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-extrainfo ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 55 j4ud figs-doublet ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 6 56 eaoy figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 remains in me Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates having a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a personal relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 56 rjpa figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 y334 figs-explicit ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 krma guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 oczm figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If it is confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 nhp9 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 dba2 figs-extrainfo καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 57 e6op figs-explicit κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might be confusing in your language, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 m2nz figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-extrainfo οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 i9ih figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this would be confusing in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 r174 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 lb07 figs-explicit ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 j2hx figs-123person ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 58 jv4c figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 59 qt4h writing-pronouns εἶπεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 59 ukxi writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 60 t1me figs-ellipsis ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 60 wf67 figs-metonymy ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 60 lmcv figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this use of **hard** would be confusing in your language, you could say this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 61 rn8i figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 Does this offend you? This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 61 g3z7 writing-pronouns περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο 1 In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 61 j2gj figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-ellipsis ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον? 1 Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 6 62 v4tr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 6 62 ibnq figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 62 uxe0 figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 nx51 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this use of **alive** might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 ygqi figs-explicit ἡ σὰρξ 1 Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “human nature” (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 y558 figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 profits Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this use of **profit** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν 1 Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 63 plw8 πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
|
||
JHN 6 63 gb29 καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
|
||
JHN 6 63 dz25 figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him Here, John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 64 rlhr figs-explicit οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες 1 The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 e9ex writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 c3cl figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 ckfz writing-pronouns ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 uvxb figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 6 66 o1pd figs-idiom ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this meaning for **walking** would be confusing in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 6 67 hoye translate-names τοῖς δώδεκα 1 Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 67 ezer figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν? 1 John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 68 n5ty translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple. He is sometimes referred to as **Simon** or **Peter**. See how you translated this name in verse [8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? **Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 68 tiwh figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 6 68 v12o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 6 69 o3w6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 6 69 qu0n figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν? 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 6 70 k335 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 6 70 jl5i figs-explicit ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 6 71 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 6 71 joha translate-names Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου 1 **Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 6 71 lttr figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)<br>2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)<br>3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)<br>4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)<br>5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)<br>6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)<br>7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse [53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Believing in him”<br><br>A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In verses [33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in verse [2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
|
||
JHN 7 1 b99m grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after the events that John had recorded in the previous chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus spoke with his disciples in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in verse [2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 2 n2ud writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 2 m4ch figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 3 x8ce translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 brothers These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 7 3 id2z figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this use of **works** could be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 4 uj59 ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι 1 Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
|
||
JHN 7 4 mc8r grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 5 bs7f translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 7 6 bcul λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 6 z9gv figs-yousingular ὁ ὑμέτερος 1 All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
|
||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you **The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 7 s92r writing-pronouns μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
|
||
JHN 7 8 ax6v figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε 1 John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled This phrase means the same as “My time is not yet come” in verse [6](../07/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” or “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 10 jz6l translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival See how you translated this phrase in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 7 10 z4ym figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up See how you translated “go up” in verse [8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not want to attract public attention in Jerusalem. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 11 er5u figs-explicit ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 12 qc8f figs-explicit γογγυσμὸς 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 12 glq8 grammar-collectivenouns τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 12 me4d figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθός ἐστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads** **astray** refers figuratively to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 13 yyiv figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
|
||
JHN 7 14 jqnk figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 15 u12l figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 15 obtt figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 15 k8wh figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 15 oqzy figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this use of **educated** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 16 h7mr figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 of him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 17 vlcd figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 18 u5h6 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 18 xf9j figs-abstractnouns ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? John records Jesus using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 19 c85j grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
|
||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus makes a statement in the form of a question in order to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 20 hdud grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “The crowd of people” or “Someone in the crowd of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 21 b63z figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 one work Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this use of **work**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 21 l1zf figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 o9n9 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand what **this** refers to, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here, John records Jesus providing additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 w22v figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this use of **fathers** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 22 dl6z figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 t21u grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 k04n figs-genericnoun λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος 1 See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 owuc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 ltsk figs-activepassive μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this phrase in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 fbk2 figs-idiom μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 Here, **broken** is used figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **broken**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 24 mrll figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ὄψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **appearance** in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 24 b7zy figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him They Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-explicit μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 26 f1jp figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If this information would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 27 rqq8 figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
|
||
JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 w35k figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 28 rc3g figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 30 kci1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 7 30 e0ce writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 30 pamg figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 31 uuzq grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “from among the group of people” or “from among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 7 32 re08 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 32 efsz γογγύζοντος 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
|
||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
|
||
JHN 7 33 d666 figs-extrainfo ὑπάγω 1 Here, Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 7 33 b4m8 figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 34 p7w6 figs-infostructure ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves **The Jews** here refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 ojvy figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 35 g64h figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 John records the **Jews** using the possessive form to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 36 h18z figs-quotesinquotes εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 7 36 dyy1 ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
|
||
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 7 37 ipem ἔκραξεν 1 See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).
|
||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here, John records Jesus using **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this use of **thirst** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink Here, John records Jesus using **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this use of **come** and **drink** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 u9cx figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 wtl7 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this meaning for **rivers** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-extrainfo ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this use of **living** would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 ebk7 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If your language does not use **stomach** in this way, then you can say the meaning with a different expression. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 39 n599 figs-explicit οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 40 xvts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from verse [38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in verse [39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 7 40 schi grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “some from the group of people” or “some from the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 40 ifli figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. if this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 7 43 h7d3 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **division**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 43 lf5r grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the group of people” or “among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 44 yv80 writing-pronouns τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? **The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 47 i47o figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 48 zkmd figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 49 n0am grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “this group of people” or “these many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 49 y4wf grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 7 49 jk8j figs-activepassive ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 7 50 yw8i εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
|
||
JHN 7 50 hj1u λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ 1 Does our law judge a man Here, Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 7 51 c2h5 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 jm59 figs-explicit προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 7 52 i0im ἐγείρεται 1 Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
|
||
JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)<br>2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)<br>3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)<br>4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)<br>5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)<br>6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse [1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses [8:1–11](../08/01.md). Verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 8 1 mkz2 translate-textvariants 0 General Information: While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-newevent 0 Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς 1 I am the light of the world Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **light**, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this use of **darkness** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-possession φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 8 12 lvdg figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **life**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 13 ih9h figs-explicit σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 14 bh68 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε 1 In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 8 15 k92s figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh Here, John records Jesus using **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this use of **flesh** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 15 j79i figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 8 16 ys2e figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
|
||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 16 cbrc figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written If you language does not use the passive voice, you could this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 18 ayl5 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 2 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 19 o66t figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **know**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 19 wcd1 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε. 1 Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 8 20 p01r writing-background 0 In this verse, John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 8 20 xa7h figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 20 witr translate-unknown τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ 1 A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 21 ls93 writing-newevent εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς 1 **Then again** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 8 21 lxox figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω 1 Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 8 21 d70v figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 8 21 m0w8 figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 22 upxp figs-explicit μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 22 vskt figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 8 22 mi1t ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 8 23 oc6i figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 zug9 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 tg9d figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this meaning for **below** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 a7ny figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 qlv4 figs-explicit τῶν ἄνω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this meaning for **above** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 svn1 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 23 w3vx figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this use of **world** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
|
||
JHN 8 24 he1k figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 25 t7tv writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 They said Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 8 25 c106 figs-rquestion τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 26 f9pp figs-infostructure ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 8 26 n3gf figs-extrainfo ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 8 26 ivk5 ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
|
||
JHN 8 26 xj8y figs-explicit κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα 1 Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 27 i7gq writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is a special title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 x6ca figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this use of **lifted up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 qsch figs-123person ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me, the Son of Man, up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 er3s figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 zysh figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 29 w9cl figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 29 vai4 figs-metaphor μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 30 ld9x grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||
JHN 8 31 tgat figs-synecdoche τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 31 f79h figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means to obey **Jesus**. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, then you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 8 32 xf9m figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
|
||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 33 s6jz figs-quotesinquotes πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 8 34 i2pn figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here, John records Jesus using the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this use of **slave** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 nfyp figs-genericnoun ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει 1 Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this use of **house** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 mknn grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 figs-123person ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this use of **frees** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 nqcr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 36 ak0s figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this use of **free** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 37 p4xm translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 **Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 8 37 orw8 figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 38 m62y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 38 f9yu figs-extrainfo καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 8 39 qp2r figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If that use of **father** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 39 wg9n λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 8 39 v7og figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 39 xcnx figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 8 40 s615 writing-pronouns τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-extrainfo ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 42 nh4m grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 8 42 mk2w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 42 p7iv writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 43 yham figs-metaphor οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 csgm writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 pmda figs-explicit ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 i1e4 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν 1 The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 j6rz figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this use of **truth** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 hqmo ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
|
||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this use of **it** would be misunderstood by your readers, you can state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 46 kh6a grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 47 lien figs-explicit ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ 1 The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 47 nmmq figs-gendernotations ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 8 47 njo6 figs-metaphor ἀκούει…ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heed … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις? 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? **The Jews** use a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 ovbe figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ 1 Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 48 fk8t δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||
JHN 8 49 pgts ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
|
||
JHN 8 50 fg43 figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging Here, **one** refers to God. If this use of **one** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 50 d00s figs-ellipsis ὁ ζητῶν 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 8 50 cs55 figs-ellipsis κρίνων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 8 51 fb52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον 1 keeps my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 51 bgrt figs-metaphor θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ 1 see death Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 bwhv δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
|
||
JHN 8 52 dxll translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 **Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 wzq3 figs-quotesinquotes σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word See how you translated this in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 52 il4r figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν? 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jews use this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 53 p38s figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 father Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς? 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 8 54 lomt figs-quotesinquotes ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 wofu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Your forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 vb1v figs-metaphor ἴδῃ…εἶδεν 1 Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day Here, Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this use of **day** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 8 56 hv5g figs-metaphor εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας? 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 8 58 k4tp figs-explicit ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 8 59 qwe6 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 **Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)<br>2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)<br>3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “A sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([John 9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([John 9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([John 9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 9 1 un4h grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Now **And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ? 1 who sinned, this man or his parents … blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 2 zzh8 figs-activepassive ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 3 q69k figs-ellipsis ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 9 3 agwa figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 9 3 omt9 figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form, and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 3 j9re writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 qs5q figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 mv5u figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 x8rx figs-explicit ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν 1 Here, Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this use of **day** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 4 rloj figs-metaphor ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here, Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this use of **Night** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this use of **wash** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 haum figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 ror0 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 p54y figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 q68b figs-go ἦλθεν 1 which is translated “Sent” As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||
JHN 9 7 rj0w figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If **seeing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 8 d1vq figs-ellipsis ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν 1 This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν? 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 10 m97n figs-activepassive πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 Then how were your eyes opened? If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this sentence with an active form and say who the people thought might have done the action. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 10 yy53 figs-metonymy πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 11 nii1 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς 1 smeared it on my eyes If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this clause with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 11 a42y figs-explicit πηλὸν ἐποίησεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 11 b5zf figs-explicit νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος 1 See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 11 ajxb figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they brought him”
|
||
JHN 9 14 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 14 ef0w figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If your readers might misunderstanding this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 figs-metonymy ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 15 d6xd figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this use of **again** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 15 exy2 figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 15 g2vb figs-explicit ἐνιψάμην 1 See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 16 h0tt figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν? 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 9 16 jeyz figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 17 lxnf λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “they asked”
|
||
JHN 9 17 glud figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this clause might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 18 y3wn grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 9 19 npf9 figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 20 pg6a figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 21 ahky figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If **full maturity** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν 1 would confess him to be the Christ Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would confess Jesus as the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 23 go77 figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
|
||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 9 24 ww3t figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 25 sr93 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that man Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 26 z2l2 figs-metonymy πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? John records the man using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 27 rpav figs-irony μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 Here, the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this use of irony would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 9 28 h7hy figs-explicit ἐκείνου 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||
JHN 9 29 b8id figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν 1 where this one is from Here, the Jewish leaders use **from** to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from** God, but they say that they do not know where he came **from**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where this one gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 30 d9uh figs-exclamations ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 30 lent figs-metonymy ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 31 e7ec figs-metaphor ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners … listens to him Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened If your language does not use the passive voice, you can use an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 32 hstv figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν…ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 9 32 bzxd figs-activepassive τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 9 33 pyin grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 9 33 sd3s figs-explicit μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 33 ry9j figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this use of **anything** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 wo1z figs-activepassive ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 mcm3 figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **born in sins**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 34 kl2x figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||
JHN 9 35 amfh figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 35 mxkw figs-explicit εὑρὼν αὐτὸν 1 Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 35 tw58 figs-extrainfo τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here, Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
|
||
JHN 9 35 v3a0 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 9 36 gurg κύριε 1 The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 9 37 z3rk figs-123person καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 9 38 emlm Κύριε 1 Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 9 38 gf4d figs-ellipsis πιστεύω 1 Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not understand these uses of these words, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 39 t9vo grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 9 40 d8mm figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 9 40 c8zs figs-metaphor μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. If your readers would not understand this use of **blind**, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 41 bj0s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 9 41 ch0y figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)<br>2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)<br>3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)<br>4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)<br>5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([John 10:1–6](../10/01.md)).<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [John 10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
|
||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||
JHN 10 1 i3tj figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 10 1 xq1f translate-unknown αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen A **sheep pen** is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-explicit κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 2 ib4y figs-possession ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 uy2v translate-unknown ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper opens for him A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 q48q figs-ellipsis ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 ploz writing-pronouns τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ 1 In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 db3c figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 3 zxsd figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 4 n1ta figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 5 z8dm grammar-collectivenouns τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν 1 Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-parables ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||
JHN 10 6 i3ot writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 this parable In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
|
||
JHN 10 7 q4hs figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this use of **gate** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 7 wk8s figs-possession ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 10 7 posn figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-hyperbole πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me **Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber Here, Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this use of **thief** and **robber** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 o7ou figs-explicit κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 z4hb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 8 xa5u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for hearing would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 gda6 figs-metaphor δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 xl78 figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this use of **saved** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 nmvk figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 n70e figs-idiom εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται 1 I am the gate The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 9 in9p figs-metaphor νομὴν εὑρήσει 1 pasture Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 ymc7 figs-genericnoun ὁ κλέπτης 1 does not come if he would not steal Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 nicf figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 Here, Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-ellipsis κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 zho7 writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 10 fnu5 figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this use of **abundantly** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
|
||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this use of **shepherd** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 11 p4tv figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 lays down his life See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this use of the phrase might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 n6ci figs-activepassive ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 bbwn translate-unknown τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος 1 The hired servant A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 12 j3rc grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει 1 This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and then the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||
JHN 10 13 ra00 figs-activepassive μισθωτός 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here, Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd See how you translated this in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι 1 I lay down my life for the sheep See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 15 mwpf figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here, Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this use of **other sheep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 la1v figs-metaphor τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης 1 I have other sheep Here, Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **sheep pen** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 v95z figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν 1 I have other sheep Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 kq11 figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν 1 I have other sheep Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 16 bobi figs-metaphor εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||
JHN 10 17 i59j figs-infostructure διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 17 s9ck figs-metaphor ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 so that I may take it again Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this use of **take up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 z4xh figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus figuratively refers to someone killing him as if life were an object that could be taken away. If this use of **takes away** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 rnj4 figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν 1 I lay it down of myself See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 lo79 figs-metaphor πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 19 wft1 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||
JHN 10 19 g4rs figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 19 nici figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 20 uoce δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
|
||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε? 1 Why do you listen to him? Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 21 zrwb figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι? 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 21 dcau figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to caused the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 10 22 w25f translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of Dedication The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 23 henb figs-possession τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος 1 porch Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 10 23 hw7y translate-names Σολομῶνος 1 porch **Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 10 23 cs2b translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 cb95 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Here, the word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ 1 My sheep hear my voice See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 27 xakd figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 27 f7y8 figs-idiom ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι 1 Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this use of **hand** and **snatch** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 30 xok8 figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Here, the word translated **one** means to be completely united. It does not mean to be the same identical person. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. If this use of **one** might be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are united in purpose and character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I and the Father are one **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 31 a42t figs-explicit ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν 1 **The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 32 uvdo figs-explicit πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔργον 1 See how you translated **works** in [verse 25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 32 kttb ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
|
||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? Here, Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 khfg figs-abstractnouns περὶ βλασφημίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **blasphemy** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 w0v8 figs-explicit βλασφημίας 1 Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
|
||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 34 tb1l figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον 1 Is it not written … gods”’? If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 10 34 rycn figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this use of **law** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 10 34 b3gp figs-123person ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 10 34 h189 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 nfly 0 Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
|
||
JHN 10 35 ieot grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς 1 the word of God came **If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 g0kv figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 fj9f figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 You are blaspheming If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instance of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 wzhd figs-123person ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father … Son of God **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 r7ex figs-ellipsis βλασφημεῖς 1 Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 10 36 bkl5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 10 38 finz grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ποιῶ 1 believe in the works Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 10 38 k2zf figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this use of **in** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 10 38 n8ue figs-doublet ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 t8mj figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this use of **first** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 10 41 yfin σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
|
||
JHN 10 41 gd31 writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then ([John 11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
|
||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this reference to an event that had not occurred yet in the story might be misunderstood by your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 3 i2ar figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 3 g1im figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
JHN 11 3 czm1 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pray attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 nk3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If this use of **not to** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 q343 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 y9vx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 asqb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 5 w6tg translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 6 vx3p grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 11 7 zq1l λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world Here, Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 11 fan2 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said”
|
||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-euphemism Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, Jesus uses the phrase **wake him out of sleep** figuratively to refer to his plan to bring Lazarus back to life. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 12 hn2j figs-euphemism εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 11 13 h3kl writing-background 0 In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 13 tt6v writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 11 13 leg3 λέγει 1 If this use of present tense in past narration would not be natural in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was speaking”
|
||
JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
|
||
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
|
||
JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus If your language does not us the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 18 icrj writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 11 19 pxw3 writing-background 0 This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 19 ctr6 figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 about their brother Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Jews** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 19 m26v translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 20 k7dy figs-quotations ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται 1 about their brother If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 11 21 ef5h grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died **Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
|
||
JHN 11 21 g9xt translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 23 c1rc λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this use of **rise again** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 23 hf5m translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 Your brother will rise again See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 24 f0qy λέγει 1 he will rise again To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 11 24 z7el figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 24 bco7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 he will rise again If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 11 24 lxqk figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 25 ky99 figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this use of **resurrection** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 25 o9qv figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 25 chs2 figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 25 ef7a figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **live**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 26 a6gs figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **living**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 26 fue3 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 26 js8v figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει 1 She said to him To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 27 au1i figs-explicit ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 28 yd61 translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 she went away and called her sister Mary See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 28 zs2t figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **Teacher**, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here, John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 31 zpe9 οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||
JHN 11 31 q0iv figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this use of **fell down** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 32 j2wr Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||
JHN 11 33 ct82 τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 11 33 s5uz figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 33 w7f8 figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this use of **spirit** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this would be confusing in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 11 35 bj6b figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 loved See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? Here, some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-metonymy ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ 1 opened the eyes See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 11 38 e72n ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
|
||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 39 hevw λέγει…λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … said”
|
||
JHN 11 39 l2pd translate-kinship ἡ ἀδελφὴ 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus **Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
|
||
JHN 11 39 lt1d figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 40 c082 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 40 mpl5 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 40 pbc9 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” or “God glorified” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 11 42 gw6t grammar-collectivenouns τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth If your language does not use the passive voice, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 44 h203 translate-unknown δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 11 44 n5yj λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 11 45 rlf4 0 General Information: [Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
|
||
JHN 11 45 ksi3 τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
|
||
JHN 11 47 yl3k figs-explicit Συνέδριον 1 The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 47 y70t translate-names Συνέδριον 1 **Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 47 q01y figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 ah4r figs-explicit καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον 1 take away both our place and our nation Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 48 zy0k figs-explicit τὸ ἔθνος 1 Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας 1 a certain man among them This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 11 50 fvry figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-synecdoche καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 kw41 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 mw4e grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this clause, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 gee2 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἔθνους 1 See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 mle1 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here, John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between children and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation, but you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 tpe1 figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say the two passive phrases in this verse with an active form and say who would do those actions. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 53 xyda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 would be gathered together into one John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 11 53 psay ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
|
||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **walked openly** is a metaphor for “walked around where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
|
||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
|
||
JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival … before the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 11 55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
|
||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 y3xz figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 i7en figs-idiom τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)<br>5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 12 1 bepc translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 **Bethany** is the name of a village. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 1 ii2v translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 2 ohcf translate-names Μάρθα 1 had raised from the dead **Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 l85m translate-names Μαρία 1 a litra of perfume **Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 ki9d translate-unknown μύρου 1 perfume Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 qblr figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 perfume John is using the possessive form to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 4 frgx translate-names Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the one who would betray him **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 4 qbja λέγει 1 the one who would betray him To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||
JHN 12 5 tted figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 In this verse, John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 sl8u figs-infostructure εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 mgm8 figs-nominaladj τῶν πτωχῶν 1 See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 qoun figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 12 6 ol4t figs-activepassive τὰ βαλλόμενα 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 7 z6s7 figs-ellipsis ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 wo1a figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 b6lf figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 You will always have the poor with you See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 qctd figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε 1 In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 9 i6mn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 9 ycv6 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 12 9 ilgp ἐστιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was”
|
||
JHN 12 9 yokk figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 10 nt9p ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
|
||
JHN 12 10 b9ri figs-explicit καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 11 kjk7 figs-explicit δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 11 n6gl τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 because of him See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
|
||
JHN 12 11 ex1y figs-explicit ὑπῆγον 1 because of him Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this use of **went away** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
|
||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day John uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 12 12 sy8h grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 12 t3jl figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this use of **festival** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 13 cw5w writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this word would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this use of name might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background 0 In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 b9ry figs-explicit εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 lqyy writing-quotations καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and saw who did the action. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this use of **daughter** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 15 c36a πῶλον ὄνου 1 A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
|
||
JHN 12 16 rq52 figs-explicit ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα 1 His disciples did not understand these things In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 u9hf figs-explicit ἐδοξάσθη 1 when Jesus was glorified Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 16 w0hx figs-activepassive ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 17 nr1j grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 17 wyrv figs-explicit ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 17 cq7a ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
|
||
JHN 12 18 h0l2 figs-explicit ὁ ὄχλος 1 they heard that he had done this sign Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 18 czmv figs-explicit τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this use of **this** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
|
||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this sentence might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this use of **world** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **gone after**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this use of **Greeks** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 ks5z figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
|
||
JHN 12 21 ha8d translate-names Φιλίππῳ 1 Bethsaida **Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 21 lr8c translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the name of a city in the region of **Galilee**. See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 21 c8qt κύριε 1 The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
|
||
JHN 12 21 xgoj figs-declarative θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν 1 The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
JHN 12 22 e9vn figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ 1 **Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 22 vzih ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “went and spoke … went and spoke”
|
||
JHN 12 22 b9re figs-explicit λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 **Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four. Alternate translation: “The point in time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 zj5j figs-explicit ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this use of **glorified** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 pfmt figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 ekcc figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 23 j0dp figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 24 m255 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here, Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this use of **grain of wheat** would confuse your readers, you could use a similar or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-idiom ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here, Jesus uses **the one hating his life** figuratively to refer to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hate” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this use of **hating** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 25 r4h6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 12 26 ytxu figs-idiom ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω 1 where I am, there will my servant also be In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? Here, Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην 1 this hour In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 27 ktpa figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 this hour Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this use of **this** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 t69i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω 1 glorify your name In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this use of **name** and **it** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven Here, John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 29 dnsk grammar-collectivenouns ὁ…ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 30 kd86 figs-metonymy οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν 1 Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this use of **voice** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 31 hlcg figs-abstractnouns νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this use of **ruler** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 31 o63p figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 ms6n figs-explicit ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
|
||
JHN 12 32 f45r figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 12 33 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 swpp grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 su0r figs-synecdoche τοῦ νόμου 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this use of **lifted up** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 jzfm figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 34 t386 figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 k6td figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this use of **walk** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 This phrase figuratively refers to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 36 xu4p figs-idiom υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The phrase **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 12 37 s1wh writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 hps9 translate-names Ἠσαΐου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 tcb7 figs-activepassive ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this use of **arm** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 39 f28y τοῦτο 1 Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 12 39 cskd writing-quotations ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 opz8 figs-metaphor τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 zs9l grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 v6ic figs-metaphor μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this use of **see** and **eyes** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 btbb figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here, **turn** is used figuratively to mean repent, which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this use of **turn** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 40 be3d figs-metaphor καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 and turn Here, Isaiah uses **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this use of **heal** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 42 srml figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 12 42 jl6b figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγοι 1 Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 43 fx72 figs-explicit ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this use of **loved** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 43 cqqw figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 12 43 pib1 figs-gendernotations τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||
JHN 12 43 oyf8 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||
JHN 12 44 t7cq writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [verses 20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 44 kcnd figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 45 s6xx figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 46 nggy figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come as a light Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 12 47 vehn figs-metonymy μου…τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 47 xlyd figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this use of **judge** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 47 u4o4 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 12 48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 on the last day See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 12 48 uxjk τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ 1 on the last day See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
|
||
JHN 12 48 c76d figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 on the last day Here, Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||
JHN 12 48 b1ds figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 49 ovmm figs-explicit ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 12 49 l77y figs-doublet τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω 1 Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 12 50 tar2 figs-explicit οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ 1 I know that his command is eternal life Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 12 50 q9cr figs-explicit ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper” or the “Lord’s Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. Verses 1–4 explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 z4q9 figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 a1w4 figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (2) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them completely.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 2 iq56 translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this use of **hands** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense **gets up** and **takes off** in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He got up … took off”
|
||
JHN 13 4 nm8h figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this use of **gets up from supper** might confuse your readers, you could sat the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 4 a9yt τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person's regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
|
||
JHN 13 4 gfe4 figs-explicit λαβὼν λέντιον 1 Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus' waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples' feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 5 qfqd βάλλει 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he poured”
|
||
JHN 13 5 adm9 figs-activepassive ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 6 hevx ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … He said”
|
||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας? 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? **Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 7 o7nf figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this use of **these things** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 8 oy8j λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me **Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 13 8 m90p figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 9 bjgq λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 9 irnh figs-ellipsis μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 13 10 dp8l λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this use of **washed** and **feet** might be confusing in your language, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 10 bbon figs-activepassive ὁ λελουμένος 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 10 o25q figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this use of **clean** might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 10 tv57 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||
JHN 13 11 tzj7 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? Here Jesus uses a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 14 xlgr grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-declarative καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 h6gt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this use of **greater** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 rj4z figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **slave** and **master**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **messenger** and **the one who sent him**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 17 nwhg grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||
JHN 13 17 nxou figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 ztpw figs-explicit ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην 1 Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 lpug figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 dk5l writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me **The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 18 wr0c figs-idiom ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 19 qd39 figs-ellipsis ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I tell you this now before it happens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 13 19 gg19 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 20 di3t figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 20 zcyh figs-doublet ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει 1 In this verse, **receiving** and **receives** mean to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the one accept him” or “did not welcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 20 ksfj figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 21 bq84 figs-explicit ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι 1 troubled See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 23 z8ze translate-unknown ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 13 23 p2ee figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If **against the chest** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 24 eido figs-explicit τούτῳ 1 Jesus’ side Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this use of **this one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 25 iqcj figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Jesus’ side Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this use of **that one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 25 kqza figs-explicit λέγει 1 Jesus’ side [Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 25 b22k λέγει 1 Jesus’ side To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 26 qpj8 translate-names Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 13 27 agd7 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 28 r37z writing-background 0 In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 28 fl66 figs-explicit τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 29 yagv λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 29 p66v figs-explicit ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 29 rv4z figs-quotations τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἦν δὲ νύξ 1 It was night Here John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 wi4o λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 31 apde figs-pastforfuture νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 gd4y figs-123person ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 o91a figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated it in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 13 31 n421 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 13 32 i7yz translate-textvariants 0 In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||
JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||
JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 13 33 zrqu figs-infostructure καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 13 33 sjwl figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 figs-declarative καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους 1 love Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 13 36 s0gc λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 37 xpt1 λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense here in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said”
|
||
JHN 13 37 ye6m figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω 1 lay down my life See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 juha figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times If your readers would misunderstand this negative statement, you could express it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
|
||
JHN 13 38 ef9n figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 ui2h translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||
JHN 13 38 kfze figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
|
||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms Alternate translation: “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
|
||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms Here, **rooms** can refer to single rooms, or to larger dwellings.
|
||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus is **going to prepare a place** in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The **you** is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This could be: (1) a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? Alternate translation: “how can we know how to get there?”
|
||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This could be: (1) a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε? 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God **the Father**. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα? 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν? 1 Do you not believe … in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority Alternate translation: “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
|
||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 10 seon figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 14 12 gh64 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
|
||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “whom the unbelieving people in this world will never welcome” or “whom those who oppose God will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he **will not leave** his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the **Father** and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
|
||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 20 ht8z ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person”
|
||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love everyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “why will you only let us see how wonderful you are”
|
||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word Alternate translation: “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
|
||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me Alternate translation: “the things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
|
||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word Alternate translation: “the message”
|
||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||
JHN 14 24 az71 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 24 jhdc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ…Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world Here, the **world** is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, the **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler … is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan **is coming** to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener Here, the **gardener** is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here, **Every branch** represents people, and **bearing fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει αὐτό 1 takes away Alternate translation: “he cuts it off and takes it away”
|
||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ 1 prunes every branch Alternate translation: “he trims every branch that bears fruit”
|
||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you Alternate translation: “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
|
||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
|
||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches Here, the **vine** is a metaphor that represents Jesus, and the **branches** is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “The person who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear **much fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “that person will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 h6cu figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “that you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples Alternate translation: “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
|
||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love Alternate translation: “Continue to accept my love”
|
||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
|
||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you Alternate translation: “I have told you everything my Father told me”
|
||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain Alternate translation: “that the results of what you do should last forever”
|
||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you ask with my authority, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, the **world** refers to the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly **love** or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 21 hs9x figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||
JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, **word** is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “in order that the prophecy in their law might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this happened in order to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law Here, **law** refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
|
||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here, **testifying** means they are telling others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “you also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God Alternate translation: “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
|
||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here, **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning Here, **the beginning** is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 5 gbpt figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||
JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me Alternate translation: “they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me”
|
||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me Alternate translation: “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
|
||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged Alternate translation: “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||
JHN 16 12 g29n ἔτι πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you Alternate translation: “additional messages for you” or “more words for you”
|
||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy **Spirit** who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth Here, **truth** refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 13 pter figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time Alternate translation: “soon” or “before much time passes”
|
||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time Alternate translation: “again, before much time passes”
|
||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
|
||
JHN 16 17 zd1n πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ resurrection. (2) Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
|
||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με? 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 16 20 jx6s figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 g4qt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech Alternate translation: “in language that is not clear”
|
||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming Alternate translation: “it will soon happen”
|
||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father Alternate translation: “I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
|
||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person **loves** Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I came from the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father is with me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here, **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
|
||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens To “lift up the eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
|
||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me and you honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “they have obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them … that they will be one … as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction Alternate translation: “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
|
||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word Alternate translation: “I have spoken your message to them”
|
||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “you would protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth You can state clearly the purpose for setting them apart. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth Alternate translation: “Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
|
||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that means the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word Alternate translation: “those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
|
||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them Alternate translation: “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
|
||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity Alternate translation: “that they may be completely united”
|
||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here, **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory Alternate translation: “to see my greatness”
|
||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love … loved This kind of **love** comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley This is a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This **garden** was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Alternate translation: “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
|
||
JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth Alternate translation: “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word **he** is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him Alternate translation: “the one who was going to hand him over”
|
||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth Alternate translation: “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||
JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 9 zpbq figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
|
||
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here, **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here, **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 ltlp figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “but if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that **Peter** **denied** knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the **rooster crowed**. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained the governor’s palace to they would remain ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, so we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man **to death**. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die Alternate translation: “regarding how he would die”
|
||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews”
|
||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) his kingdom is not part of this world. (2) he does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) it is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here, **the world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “I would tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here, **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
|
||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
|
||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting **Hail** with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment The **crown** and the **purple** robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
|
||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because you have been given that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||
JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **at this** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “was seeking” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
|
||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king Alternate translation: “who claims that he is a king”
|
||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ὁ οὖν Πειλᾶτος, ἀκούσας τῶν λόγων τούτων, ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for his soldiers, who brought Jesus out. Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but **The Pavement** was a special stone platform in Jerusalem where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew **Hebrew** was the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour Alternate translation: “It was about noon”
|
||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language of the Roman government.
|
||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
|
||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This refers to John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Alternate translation: “from that very moment”
|
||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 29 drr1 προσήνεγκαν 1 they put The Roman guards did this.
|
||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Alternate translation: “a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “he bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “he bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a small town in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
|
||
JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “since the Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||
JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Alternate translation: “on Sunday”
|
||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name.
|
||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
|
||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When John **saw** that the tomb was empty, he **believed** that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not **understand the scripture** that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again
|
||
JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing **white** clothing. Alternate translation: “she saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her Alternate translation: “they asked her”
|
||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord Alternate translation: “Because they took away the body of my Lord”
|
||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him Alternate translation: “I do not know where they have put his body”
|
||
JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her Alternate translation: “Jesus asked her”
|
||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him Alternate translation: “tell me where you have put his body”
|
||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word **brothers** to refer to his disciples.
|
||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples **Mary Magdalene** went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back Alternate translation: “if you do not forgive another’s sins”
|
||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas.
|
||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands … into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.”
|
||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “this is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here, “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
|
||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This here refers to spiritual life.
|
||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things Alternate translation: “Some time later”
|
||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive καὶ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
|
||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in Alternate translation: “to pull the net in”
|
||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment Alternate translation: “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
|
||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A **cubit** was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here, **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun **He** refers to Jesus. Here, **the third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for **love** that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||
JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word **Follow** means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here, **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Peter”
|
||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||
JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
|
||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here, **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple Alternate translation: “the disciple John”
|
||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here, **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|